1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
144 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
149 struct symtab_and_line
,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
153 static struct breakpoint
*
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 static void update_global_location_list (int);
239 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
241 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
243 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
245 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
247 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
249 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
251 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
253 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
257 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
259 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
263 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
266 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
270 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
283 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
288 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
294 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
299 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
300 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
302 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
303 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
304 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
305 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
306 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
307 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
309 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
310 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
311 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
312 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
318 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
320 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
321 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
322 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
323 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
325 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
327 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
328 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
329 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
330 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
331 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
332 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
333 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
335 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
337 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
339 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
341 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
342 breakpoints share a single command list. */
343 struct counted_command_line
345 /* The reference count. */
348 /* The command list. */
349 struct command_line
*commands
;
352 struct command_line
*
353 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
355 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
358 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
359 current breakpoint. */
361 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
364 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
366 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
367 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
369 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
371 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
374 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
375 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
376 if such is available. */
377 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
380 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
381 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
384 fprintf_filtered (file
,
385 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
386 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
390 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
391 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
392 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
394 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
396 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
397 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
400 fprintf_filtered (file
,
401 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
402 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
406 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
407 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
408 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
409 use hardware breakpoints. */
410 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
412 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
413 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
416 fprintf_filtered (file
,
417 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
421 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
422 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
423 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
424 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
425 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
427 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
430 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
431 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
433 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
434 fprintf_filtered (file
,
435 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
436 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
438 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
440 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
447 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
448 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
451 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
453 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
454 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
455 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
456 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
457 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
458 condition_evaluation_auto
,
459 condition_evaluation_host
,
460 condition_evaluation_target
,
464 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
465 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
467 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
468 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
472 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
473 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
477 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
479 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
481 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
482 return condition_evaluation_target
;
484 return condition_evaluation_host
;
490 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
493 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
495 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
498 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
502 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
504 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
506 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
509 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
511 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
512 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
514 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
515 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
517 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
518 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
520 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
522 current breakpoint. */
524 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
527 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
528 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
531 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
532 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
533 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
535 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
536 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
537 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
540 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
541 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
542 to where the loop should start from.
543 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
544 appropriate location to start with. */
546 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
547 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
548 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
550 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
551 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
554 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
556 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
557 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
558 if (is_tracepoint (B))
560 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
562 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
564 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
566 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
568 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
570 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
572 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
573 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
574 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
575 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
576 an address you need to read. */
578 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
580 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
581 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
582 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
583 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
584 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
588 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
589 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
591 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
593 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
595 static int breakpoint_count
;
597 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
598 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
599 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
600 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
601 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
603 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
605 static int tracepoint_count
;
607 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
608 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
609 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
611 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
613 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
615 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
618 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
621 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
623 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
624 breakpoint_count
= num
;
625 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
628 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
629 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
630 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
632 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
636 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
638 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
641 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
645 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
647 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
650 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
653 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
661 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
662 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
664 static struct counted_command_line
*
665 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
667 struct counted_command_line
*result
668 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
671 result
->commands
= commands
;
675 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
678 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
684 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
685 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
686 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
689 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
693 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
695 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
702 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
705 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
707 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
710 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
713 static struct cleanup
*
714 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
716 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
720 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
721 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
724 get_breakpoint (int num
)
726 struct breakpoint
*b
;
729 if (b
->number
== num
)
737 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
738 evaluating conditions on its side. */
741 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
743 struct bp_location
*loc
;
745 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
746 evaluating conditions and if the user has
747 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
749 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
750 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
753 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
756 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
757 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
760 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
761 evaluating conditions on its side. */
764 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
766 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
767 evaluating conditions and if the user has
768 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
770 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
771 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
775 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
778 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
781 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
782 condition_evaluation_mode. */
785 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
786 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
788 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
790 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
791 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
794 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
795 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
799 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
800 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
802 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
803 settings was "auto". */
804 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
806 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
807 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
809 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
810 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
811 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
813 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
814 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
817 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
819 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
821 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
822 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
826 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
827 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
828 target knows about. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
831 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
835 update_global_location_list (1);
841 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
842 what "auto" is translating to. */
845 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
846 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
848 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
849 fprintf_filtered (file
,
850 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
851 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
853 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
855 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
859 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
860 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
861 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
864 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
866 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
867 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
869 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
872 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
875 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
876 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
877 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
880 static struct bp_location
**
881 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
883 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
884 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
885 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
887 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
888 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
889 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
891 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
892 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
893 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
894 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
896 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
897 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
900 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
901 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
902 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
903 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
910 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
913 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
914 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
916 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
918 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
925 struct bp_location
*loc
;
927 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
932 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
933 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
934 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
941 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
945 const char *arg
= exp
;
947 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
948 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
949 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
950 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
952 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
954 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
956 innermost_block
= NULL
;
958 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
960 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
961 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
971 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
972 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
974 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
978 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
980 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
983 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
985 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
986 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
987 const char *text
, const char *word
)
991 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
992 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
996 struct breakpoint
*b
;
997 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1001 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1002 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1004 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1007 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1008 len
= strlen (text
);
1014 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1016 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1017 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1023 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1024 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1025 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1028 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1031 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1033 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1038 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1041 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1043 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1046 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1048 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1049 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1050 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1051 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1052 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1054 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1056 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1057 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1058 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1078 struct command_line
*c
;
1080 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1084 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1088 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1097 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1107 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1124 struct command_line
*commands
)
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1128 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1129 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1149 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1151 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1165 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1169 struct command_line
*c2
;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1172 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1173 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1175 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1200 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1212 struct command_line
*commands
)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1217 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1228 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1231 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1241 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1244 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1254 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1257 if (old_task
!= task
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1266 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272 struct commands_info
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line
*control
;
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1295 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1297 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1299 struct command_line
*l
;
1301 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1302 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1305 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1308 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1312 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1314 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1323 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1333 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1340 struct command_line
*control
)
1342 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1343 struct commands_info info
;
1345 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1346 info
.control
= control
;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1352 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1354 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1355 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1357 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1358 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1373 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1379 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1386 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1388 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1399 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1400 return simple_control
;
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1408 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1412 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1419 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1424 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1427 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1428 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1429 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1430 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1431 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1433 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1434 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1438 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1439 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1441 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1445 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1447 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1448 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1450 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1452 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1457 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1459 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1464 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1465 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1467 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1468 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1469 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1473 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1475 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1476 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1479 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1481 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1482 shadow_contents buffer. */
1483 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1484 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1485 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1487 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1489 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1490 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1494 const unsigned char *bp
;
1495 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1496 int placed_size
= target_info
->placed_size
;
1498 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1499 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1500 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1502 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1504 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1506 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1507 breakpoint's INSN. */
1508 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1512 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1513 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1515 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1516 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1517 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1519 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1520 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1521 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1522 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1523 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1524 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1525 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1526 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1528 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1531 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1532 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1533 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1535 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1537 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1540 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1541 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1542 report higher one. */
1545 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1546 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1548 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1550 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1551 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1553 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1554 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1555 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1556 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1558 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1559 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1560 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1562 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1564 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1571 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1572 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1573 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1574 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1575 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1578 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1580 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1581 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1582 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1585 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1588 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1590 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1592 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1593 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1597 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1598 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1599 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1602 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1605 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1606 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1607 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1614 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1617 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1618 bp_location array. */
1619 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
1621 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
1625 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= single_step_gdbarch
[i
];
1627 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1628 memaddr
, len
, bp_tgt
, gdbarch
);
1635 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1639 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1641 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1642 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1643 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1646 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1649 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1651 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1652 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1653 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1656 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1660 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1662 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1663 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1666 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1667 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1668 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1669 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1670 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1671 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1672 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1673 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1676 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1678 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1679 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1680 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1681 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1684 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1685 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1688 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1690 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1692 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1694 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1695 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1696 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1697 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1698 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1700 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1703 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1704 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1705 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1706 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1708 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1710 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1711 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1714 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1715 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1716 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1717 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1718 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1719 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1720 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1721 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1723 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1724 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1725 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1726 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1727 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1728 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1729 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1730 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1733 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1734 hardware watchpoints:
1736 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1737 called several times when GDB stops.
1740 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1741 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1742 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1743 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1744 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1745 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1746 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1747 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1748 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1749 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1750 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1752 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1753 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1756 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1758 int within_current_scope
;
1759 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1762 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1763 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1764 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1765 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1768 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1773 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1774 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1775 within_current_scope
= 1;
1778 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1779 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1780 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1782 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1783 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1784 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1785 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1788 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1789 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1790 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1791 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1794 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1796 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1797 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1798 if (within_current_scope
)
1802 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1803 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1804 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1807 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1816 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1817 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1818 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1819 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1820 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1821 be completely different objects. */
1822 value_free (b
->val
);
1826 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1827 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1828 locations (re)created below. */
1829 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1831 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1833 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1837 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1838 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1842 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1843 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1844 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1845 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1846 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1847 if (!target_has_execution
)
1849 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1850 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1851 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1852 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1854 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1855 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1857 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1858 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1861 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1864 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1865 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1867 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1869 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1870 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1871 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1872 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1873 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1875 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1881 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1883 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1884 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1886 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1887 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1888 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1889 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1890 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1891 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1892 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1894 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1896 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1897 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1898 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1900 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1901 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1905 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1907 addr
= value_address (v
);
1909 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1911 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1914 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1915 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1918 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1920 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1921 loc
->address
= addr
;
1922 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1923 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1928 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1929 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1930 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1935 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1936 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1938 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1942 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1945 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1946 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1947 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1949 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1950 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1951 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1952 this watchpoint in as well. */
1954 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1955 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1956 hardware watchpoint type. */
1957 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1958 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1959 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1961 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1962 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1963 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1964 through watch_command), so always account for it
1967 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1968 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1970 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1971 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1974 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1975 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1977 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1979 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1980 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1981 "hardware watchpoint."));
1982 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1983 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1984 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1986 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1987 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1991 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1992 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1993 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1995 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1998 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2000 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2001 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2002 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2004 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2005 "read/access watchpoint."));
2008 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2010 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2011 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2012 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2013 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2016 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2018 next
= value_next (v
);
2023 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2024 above left it without any location set up. But,
2025 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2026 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2027 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2029 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2030 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2031 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2032 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2033 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2034 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2037 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2039 printf_filtered (_("\
2040 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2041 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2043 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2046 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2048 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2052 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2053 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2054 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2055 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2056 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2058 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2060 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2063 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2066 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2069 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2072 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2073 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2074 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2075 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2076 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2077 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2078 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2079 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2080 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2083 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2085 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2086 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2087 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2094 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2095 that the location is not duplicated. */
2098 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2101 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2104 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2105 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2109 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2110 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2111 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2112 any error during parsing. */
2114 static struct agent_expr
*
2115 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2117 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2118 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2123 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2124 that may show up. */
2125 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2127 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2132 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2133 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2134 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2138 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2142 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2143 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2144 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2145 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2146 one of them is true. */
2149 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2151 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2152 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2153 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2154 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2156 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2157 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2159 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2160 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2161 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2163 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2164 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2167 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2168 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2169 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2170 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2171 response back to GDB. */
2172 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2175 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2179 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2181 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2182 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2183 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2184 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2185 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2186 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2188 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2189 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2195 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2196 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2197 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2199 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2205 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2206 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2207 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2209 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2210 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2211 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2213 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2216 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2218 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2220 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2223 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2224 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2229 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2230 for this location's address. */
2231 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2235 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2236 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2237 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2239 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2240 conditions to the target. */
2241 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2242 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2248 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2249 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2250 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2252 static struct agent_expr
*
2253 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2255 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2256 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2257 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2258 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2259 const char *cmdrest
;
2260 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2261 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2263 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2270 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2272 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2274 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2275 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2277 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2279 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2281 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2283 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2285 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2286 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2288 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2290 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2291 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2293 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2295 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2297 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2299 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2300 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2303 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2308 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2309 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2311 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2315 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2316 that may show up. */
2317 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2319 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2320 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2321 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2324 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2328 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2329 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2330 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2334 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2338 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2339 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2340 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2343 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2345 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2346 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2347 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2348 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2350 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2351 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2353 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2354 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2355 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2358 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2361 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2362 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2363 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2364 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2365 response back to GDB. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2373 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2375 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2376 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2377 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2378 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2379 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2380 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2381 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2387 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2388 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2389 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2391 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2397 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2399 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2401 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2404 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2405 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2407 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2409 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2412 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2413 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2418 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2419 for this location's address. */
2420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2423 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2424 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2425 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2426 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2428 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2429 to send the commands to the target. */
2430 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2434 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2435 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2436 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2437 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2440 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2441 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2442 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2443 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2446 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2447 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2449 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2450 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2451 int *disabled_breaks
,
2452 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2453 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2455 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2456 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2457 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2459 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2462 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2464 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2465 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2466 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2467 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2468 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2469 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2470 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2471 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2472 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2473 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2475 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2476 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2477 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2478 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2480 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2482 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2483 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2484 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2485 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2488 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2489 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2491 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2493 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2494 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2495 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2497 Two important cases are:
2498 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2499 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2500 hardware breakpoint.
2501 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2502 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2503 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2506 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2507 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2508 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2509 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2511 struct mem_region
*mr
2512 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2516 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2518 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2520 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2521 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2523 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2525 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2527 static int said
= 0;
2529 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2532 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2533 _("Note: automatically using "
2534 "hardware breakpoints for "
2535 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2540 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2541 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2542 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2543 "at readonly address %s"),
2544 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2550 || bl
->section
== NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2553 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2554 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2558 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2560 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2565 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2570 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2571 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2572 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2574 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2575 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2576 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2577 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2578 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2582 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2584 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2585 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2586 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2588 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2589 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2593 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2594 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2596 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2601 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2604 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2605 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2606 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2607 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2611 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2612 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2614 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2615 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2619 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2621 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2626 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2631 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2632 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2637 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2639 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2641 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2642 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2643 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2644 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2645 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2646 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2647 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2648 errors as memory errors. */
2649 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2650 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2651 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2652 || userloaded_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2655 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2656 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2657 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2658 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2660 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2661 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2663 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2664 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2665 "library breakpoints:\n");
2667 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2668 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2669 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2674 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2676 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2677 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2678 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2679 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2680 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2681 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2682 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2686 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2689 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2690 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2691 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2694 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2696 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2701 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2702 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2717 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2718 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2719 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2720 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2724 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2725 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2727 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2729 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2730 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2731 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2733 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2735 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2736 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2740 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2741 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2745 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2746 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2753 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2754 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2757 /* Back to the original value. */
2758 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2762 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2765 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2769 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2770 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2772 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2775 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2779 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2780 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2782 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2785 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2787 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2788 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2789 so just return success. */
2796 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2797 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2801 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2803 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2804 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2806 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2809 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2810 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2813 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2814 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2815 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2817 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2819 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2821 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2822 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2823 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2825 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2826 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2828 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2834 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2835 removed locations above. */
2836 update_global_location_list (0);
2839 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2840 Throws exception on any error.
2841 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2842 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2844 insert_breakpoints (void)
2846 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2848 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2849 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2851 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2853 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2856 update_global_location_list (1);
2858 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2859 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2861 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2862 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2865 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2868 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2870 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2874 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2878 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2879 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2880 always-inserted mode. */
2883 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2885 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2888 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2889 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2890 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2892 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2893 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2895 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2896 there was an error. */
2897 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2899 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2901 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2903 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2905 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2908 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2909 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2910 deletion of breakpoints. */
2911 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2914 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2916 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2917 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2918 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2919 insert breakpoints. */
2920 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2921 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2924 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2925 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2932 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2933 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2936 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2939 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2942 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2944 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2945 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2948 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2949 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2950 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2952 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2953 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2955 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2956 there was an error. */
2957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2959 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2961 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2963 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2966 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2967 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2968 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2969 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2970 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2973 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2975 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2976 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2977 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2978 insert breakpoints. */
2979 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2980 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2983 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2984 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2989 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2990 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2993 int some_failed
= 0;
2994 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2996 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2999 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3002 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3005 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3006 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3013 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3015 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3017 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3018 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3019 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3027 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3028 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3029 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3031 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3032 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3033 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3035 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3036 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3039 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3042 /* Used when the program stops.
3043 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3044 removing a breakpoint location. */
3047 remove_breakpoints (void)
3049 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3052 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3054 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3055 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3060 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3064 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3066 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3070 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3072 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3074 printf_filtered (_("\
3075 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3076 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3078 /* Hide it from the user. */
3084 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3087 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3089 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3091 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3093 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3095 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3098 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3103 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3112 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3114 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3115 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3117 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3118 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3119 struct inferior
*inf
;
3120 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3122 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3126 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3127 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3129 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3131 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3132 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3134 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3136 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3142 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3145 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3150 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3154 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3156 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3157 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3158 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3159 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3160 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3161 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3163 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3166 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3169 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3170 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3174 static struct breakpoint
*
3175 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3176 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3177 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3179 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3180 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3182 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3185 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3186 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3188 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3189 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3190 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3195 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3197 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3199 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3201 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3202 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3204 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3205 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3207 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3208 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3210 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3211 int longjmp_searched
;
3213 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3214 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3216 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3217 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3219 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3220 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3222 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3223 int exception_searched
;
3225 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3226 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3229 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3231 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3232 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3234 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3237 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3239 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3242 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3243 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3245 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3246 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3248 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3250 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3251 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3253 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3254 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3256 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3257 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3259 return bp_objfile_data
;
3263 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3265 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3267 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3268 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3272 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3274 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3275 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3277 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3279 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3280 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3283 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3285 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3288 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3290 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3292 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3293 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3295 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3296 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3299 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3302 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3303 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3305 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3306 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3308 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3310 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3311 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3316 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3323 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3325 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3326 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3328 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3330 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3332 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3334 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3336 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3339 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3340 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3342 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3344 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3346 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3350 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3353 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3354 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3356 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3358 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3359 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3360 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3364 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3365 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3368 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3371 struct probe
*probe
;
3372 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3375 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3376 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3380 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3382 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3383 get_probe_address (probe
,
3386 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3387 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3388 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3394 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3397 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3399 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3400 const char *func_name
;
3403 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3406 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3407 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3409 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3411 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3412 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3414 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3415 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3418 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3421 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3422 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3423 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3424 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3425 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3429 update_global_location_list (1);
3431 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3434 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3436 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3438 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3439 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3440 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3442 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3444 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3446 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3449 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3451 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3453 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3454 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3456 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3458 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3461 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3463 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3465 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3466 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3467 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3469 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3470 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3473 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3476 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3477 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3478 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3479 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3480 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3481 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3485 update_global_location_list (1);
3487 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3490 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3493 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3495 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3496 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3498 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3500 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3501 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3502 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3505 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3507 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3508 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3512 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3516 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3517 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3519 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3521 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3522 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3523 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3527 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3528 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3531 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3533 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3535 struct probe
*probe
;
3538 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3539 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3543 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3545 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3546 get_probe_address (probe
,
3548 bp_exception_master
,
3549 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3550 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3551 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3557 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3559 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3562 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3564 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3566 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3568 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3569 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3571 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3575 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3578 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3579 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3581 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3582 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3583 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3584 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3587 update_global_location_list (1);
3591 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3593 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3594 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3596 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3597 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3598 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3599 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3600 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3601 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3602 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3603 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3604 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3605 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3606 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3610 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3613 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3614 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3616 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3620 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3621 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3623 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3627 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3628 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3629 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3630 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3631 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3633 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3637 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3638 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3640 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3644 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3646 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3647 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3648 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3650 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3654 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3656 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3657 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3658 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3659 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3663 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3664 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3665 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3666 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3667 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3668 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3670 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3671 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3672 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3673 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3674 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3675 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3676 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3678 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3679 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3680 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3681 let finish_command delete it.
3683 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3684 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3685 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3686 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3687 solib breakpoints.) */
3689 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3694 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3695 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3697 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3699 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3703 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3704 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3705 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3706 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3707 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3711 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3713 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3715 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3716 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3718 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3719 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3721 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3722 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3723 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3725 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3728 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3729 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3730 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3731 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3732 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3733 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3734 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3738 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3741 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3742 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3744 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3748 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3749 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3750 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3751 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3752 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3755 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3759 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3760 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3762 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3763 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3766 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3767 This should not ever happen. */
3768 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3770 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3771 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3773 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3774 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3775 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3777 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3778 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3779 || bl
->section
== NULL
3780 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3782 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3784 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3785 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3786 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3787 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3788 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3789 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3790 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3791 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3792 OBJF_USERLOADED is letting the user manually maintain a
3793 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3794 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3795 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3796 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3797 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3798 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3799 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3800 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3801 they should always be removed. */
3802 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3803 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3804 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3807 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3811 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3812 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3813 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3815 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3816 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3818 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3819 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3820 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3821 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3822 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3824 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3825 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3827 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3828 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3831 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3832 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3833 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3834 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3836 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3837 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3838 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3839 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3840 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3841 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3847 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3852 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3853 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3854 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3855 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3856 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3857 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3858 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3859 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3860 always-inserted mode. */
3862 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3863 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3864 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3865 || userloaded_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3871 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3873 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3875 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3876 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3878 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3879 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3881 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3882 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3883 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3886 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3887 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3890 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3891 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3893 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3897 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3904 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3907 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3909 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3910 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3912 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3913 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3916 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3917 This should not ever happen. */
3918 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3920 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3922 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3924 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3926 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3930 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3933 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3935 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3937 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3938 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3942 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3943 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3945 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3948 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3949 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3950 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3955 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3957 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3958 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3960 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3962 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3964 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3967 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3969 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3970 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3971 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3977 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3983 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3985 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3986 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3989 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3991 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3993 case bp_shlib_event
:
3995 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3996 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3997 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3998 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3999 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4001 (gdb) file prog-linux
4002 (gdb) run # native linux target
4005 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4006 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4009 case bp_step_resume
:
4011 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4013 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4017 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4018 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4019 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4021 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4023 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4024 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4025 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4026 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4028 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4029 insert_breakpoints. */
4031 value_free (w
->val
);
4042 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4043 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4044 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4045 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4048 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4049 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4050 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4051 match, not program space. */
4053 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4054 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4055 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4056 permanent breakpoint.
4057 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4058 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4059 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4060 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4061 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4063 enum breakpoint_here
4064 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4066 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4067 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4071 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4072 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4075 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4076 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4077 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4078 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4080 if (overlay_debugging
4081 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4082 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4083 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4084 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4085 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4087 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4091 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4094 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4097 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4099 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4102 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4103 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4109 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4110 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4111 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4112 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4115 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4118 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4122 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4123 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4127 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4129 if (overlay_debugging
4130 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4131 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4132 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4140 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4141 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4144 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4146 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4149 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4155 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4159 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4162 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4164 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4166 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4170 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4173 if (overlay_debugging
4174 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4175 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4176 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4182 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4183 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4190 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4191 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4193 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4197 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4199 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4200 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4203 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4206 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4207 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4211 /* Check for intersection. */
4212 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4213 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4221 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4222 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4225 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4228 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4229 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4233 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4235 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4236 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4239 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4240 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4241 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4244 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4247 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4249 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4250 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4251 it is now time to do so. */
4253 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4254 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4258 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4260 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4261 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4262 it is now time to do so. */
4264 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4265 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4269 if (overlay_debugging
4270 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4271 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4272 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4281 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4285 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4287 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4290 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4294 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4296 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4297 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4298 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4299 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4303 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4304 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4307 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4324 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4325 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4328 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4332 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4337 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4339 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4340 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4341 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4342 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4343 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4345 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4346 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4350 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4360 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4363 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4368 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4370 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4376 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4379 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4381 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4383 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4385 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4387 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4392 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4401 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4402 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4403 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4404 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4406 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4407 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4409 Return 1 otherwise. */
4412 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4417 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4419 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4420 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4421 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4422 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4423 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4425 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4427 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4431 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4434 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4436 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4439 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4442 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4446 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4448 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4450 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4452 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4458 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4461 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4463 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4465 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4467 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4468 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4469 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4470 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4471 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4475 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4478 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4481 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4483 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4486 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4487 or its equivalent. */
4490 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4492 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4493 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4496 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4497 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4498 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4499 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4501 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4502 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4503 bpstat of the current thread. */
4506 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4509 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4512 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4514 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4517 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4518 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4520 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4522 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4525 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4526 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4528 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4529 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4530 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4532 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4534 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4535 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4536 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4537 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4538 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4539 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4540 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4541 the tree when we're done. */
4542 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4543 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4544 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4545 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4546 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4548 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4554 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4556 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4562 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4563 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4565 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4567 if (target_can_async_p ())
4568 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4569 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4570 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4573 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4574 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4575 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4576 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4577 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4578 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4579 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4580 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4581 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4582 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4583 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4584 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4585 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4590 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4595 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4597 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4599 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4600 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4601 && target_has_execution
4602 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4603 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4604 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4605 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4606 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4607 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4608 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4611 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4614 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4617 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4620 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4623 struct value_print_options opts
;
4624 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4625 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4629 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4630 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4631 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4632 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4635 static enum print_stop_action
4636 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4638 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4641 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4642 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4646 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4647 relevant messages. */
4648 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4651 case print_it_normal
:
4653 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4655 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4656 which has since been deleted. */
4658 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4660 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4661 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4666 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4667 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4672 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4675 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4678 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4680 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4684 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4685 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4686 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4688 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4689 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4690 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4693 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4694 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4695 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4699 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4703 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4704 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4707 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4712 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4713 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4714 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4717 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4722 struct so_list
*iter
;
4724 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4726 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4727 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4730 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4735 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4736 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4737 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4740 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4744 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4745 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4746 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4747 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4748 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4749 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4750 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4753 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4754 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4755 code to print the location. An example is
4756 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4758 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4759 to also print the location part of the message.
4760 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4761 don't require a location appended to the end.
4762 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4763 further info to be printed. */
4765 enum print_stop_action
4766 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4770 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4771 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4772 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4773 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4774 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4776 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4777 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4778 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4779 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4783 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4784 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4785 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4786 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4788 print_solib_event (0);
4789 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4792 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4793 with and nothing was printed. */
4794 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4797 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4798 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4799 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4800 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4801 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4802 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4805 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4807 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4808 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4810 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4814 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4817 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4821 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4823 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4824 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4825 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4826 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4827 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4828 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4829 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4831 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4835 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4836 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4839 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4841 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4843 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4845 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4847 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4848 as not triggered. */
4850 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4852 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4854 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4860 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4862 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4863 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4865 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4867 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4869 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4875 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4876 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4880 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4882 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4883 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4885 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4886 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4888 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4890 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4891 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4893 if (newaddr
== start
)
4895 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4899 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4900 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4904 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4913 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4914 because of check_errors). */
4915 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4916 #define WP_DELETED 1
4917 /* The value has changed. */
4918 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4919 /* The value has not changed. */
4920 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4921 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4924 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4925 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4927 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4930 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4931 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4934 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4936 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4937 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4938 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4939 int within_current_scope
;
4941 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4942 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4943 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4945 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4946 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4947 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4948 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4951 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4952 within_current_scope
= 1;
4955 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4956 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4957 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4959 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4960 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4961 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4962 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4963 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4964 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4965 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4966 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4967 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4968 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4971 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4972 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4974 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4975 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4976 if (within_current_scope
)
4978 struct symbol
*function
;
4980 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4981 if (function
== NULL
4982 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4983 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4984 within_current_scope
= 0;
4987 if (within_current_scope
)
4988 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4989 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4994 if (within_current_scope
)
4996 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4997 time before we return to the command level and call
4998 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4999 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5003 struct value
*new_val
;
5005 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5006 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5007 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5008 a mask watchpoint. */
5009 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5011 mark
= value_mark ();
5012 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5014 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5015 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5016 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5017 not what we want. */
5018 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5019 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5021 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5023 release_value (new_val
);
5024 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5026 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5029 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5033 /* Nothing changed. */
5034 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5035 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5040 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5042 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5043 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5044 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5045 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5046 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5047 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5048 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5049 the first value assigned). */
5050 /* We print all the stop information in
5051 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5052 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5053 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5057 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5059 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5061 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5062 which its expression is valid.\n");
5064 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5065 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5066 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5072 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5073 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5074 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5077 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5078 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5079 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5081 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5083 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5084 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5086 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5089 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5090 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5093 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5095 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5096 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5098 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5099 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5100 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5101 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5102 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5105 int must_check_value
= 0;
5107 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5108 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5110 must_check_value
= 1;
5111 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5112 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5113 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5115 must_check_value
= 1;
5116 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5117 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5118 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5119 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5120 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5121 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5122 must_check_value
= 1;
5124 if (must_check_value
)
5127 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5129 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5130 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5132 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5136 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5137 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5141 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5144 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5145 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5147 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5149 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5150 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5151 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5152 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5153 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5154 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5155 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5158 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5159 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5162 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5163 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5164 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5165 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5167 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5168 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5169 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5172 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5173 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5174 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5175 changes. This still gives false positives when
5176 the program writes the same value to memory as
5177 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5178 it for a read), but it's much better than
5181 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5183 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5185 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5188 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5189 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5191 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5192 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5194 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5195 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5197 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5203 if (other_write_watchpoint
5204 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5206 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5207 and the value changed since the last time we
5208 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5210 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5215 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5216 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5217 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5219 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5220 the value hasn't changed. */
5221 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5229 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5230 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5231 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5232 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5233 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5237 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5239 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5240 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5241 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5242 anything for this watchpoint. */
5243 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5249 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5250 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5251 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5252 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5255 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5257 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5258 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5259 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5260 struct expression
*cond
;
5262 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5264 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5265 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5266 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5267 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5268 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5270 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5271 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5272 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5274 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5275 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5281 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5282 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5284 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5285 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5292 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5294 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5296 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5298 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5305 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5307 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5308 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5310 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5311 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5312 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5313 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5315 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5317 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5318 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5322 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5323 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5324 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5325 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5326 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5328 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5329 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5332 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5334 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5335 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5336 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5337 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5338 really matter which instantiation of the function
5339 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5340 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5341 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5342 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5343 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5344 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5345 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5346 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5348 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5350 select_frame (frame
);
5352 within_current_scope
= 0;
5354 if (within_current_scope
)
5356 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5357 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5361 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5362 "in the current scope"));
5363 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5364 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5367 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5368 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5371 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5375 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5379 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5381 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5386 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5387 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5389 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5390 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5393 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5395 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5397 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5398 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5399 several reasons concurrently.)
5401 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5402 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5405 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5406 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5407 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5409 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5410 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5411 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5412 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5413 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5414 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5417 int need_remove_insert
;
5420 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5421 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5422 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5423 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5424 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5425 inferior function calls. */
5429 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5432 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5434 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5435 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5436 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5437 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5438 checked all locations already. */
5439 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5442 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5445 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5448 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5451 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5454 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5455 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5456 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5460 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5461 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5462 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5464 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5466 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5468 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5473 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5475 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5477 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5478 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5481 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5485 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5486 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5487 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5489 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5491 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5493 handle_solib_event ();
5498 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5499 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5500 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5504 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5509 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5510 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5513 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5518 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5520 /* We will stop here. */
5521 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5523 --(b
->enable_count
);
5524 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5525 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5526 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5531 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5532 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5533 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5534 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5537 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5542 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5544 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5545 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5548 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5549 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5550 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5552 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5553 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5554 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5556 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5557 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5559 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5561 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5562 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5565 if (need_remove_insert
)
5566 update_global_location_list (1);
5567 else if (removed_any
)
5568 update_global_location_list (0);
5574 handle_jit_event (void)
5576 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5577 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5579 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5580 breakpoint_re_set. */
5581 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5583 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5584 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5586 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5588 target_terminal_inferior ();
5591 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5593 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5596 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5598 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5602 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5603 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5604 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5606 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5608 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5609 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5610 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5613 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5615 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5616 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5620 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5627 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5630 case bp_shlib_event
:
5634 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5636 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5639 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5642 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5643 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5644 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5650 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5654 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5655 This requires no further action. */
5659 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5661 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5662 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5664 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5665 case bp_exception_resume
:
5666 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5667 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5669 case bp_step_resume
:
5671 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5674 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5675 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5678 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5680 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5683 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5687 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5688 case bp_thread_event
:
5689 case bp_overlay_event
:
5690 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5691 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5692 case bp_exception_master
:
5693 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5699 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5701 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5705 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5706 This requires no further action. */
5711 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5714 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5715 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5716 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5717 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5719 case bp_std_terminate
:
5720 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5721 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5722 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5723 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5726 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5727 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5728 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5729 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5731 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5732 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5734 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5735 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5736 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5738 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5739 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5740 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5741 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5746 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5748 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5752 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5753 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5756 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5759 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5760 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5765 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5767 handle_jit_event ();
5770 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5772 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5778 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5779 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5781 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5782 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5790 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5791 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5792 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5795 bpstat_should_step (void)
5797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5800 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5806 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5808 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5817 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5818 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5819 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5822 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5824 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5825 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5829 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5831 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5833 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5834 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5835 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5840 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5846 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5847 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5849 "host": Host evals condition.
5850 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5851 "target": Target evals condition.
5855 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5857 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5858 char host_evals
= 0;
5859 char target_evals
= 0;
5864 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5867 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5868 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5869 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5871 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5873 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5879 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5880 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5881 else if (target_evals
)
5882 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5884 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5887 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5888 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5891 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5893 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5896 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5897 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5898 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5900 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5901 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5903 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5906 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5909 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5910 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5912 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5913 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5915 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5919 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5921 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5922 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5923 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5926 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5930 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5931 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5932 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5933 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5934 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5936 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5937 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5938 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5940 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5941 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5942 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5944 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5948 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5949 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5951 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5953 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5955 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5960 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5961 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5962 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5964 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5965 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5966 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5967 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5970 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5974 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5976 struct ep_type_description
5981 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5983 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5984 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5985 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5986 {bp_until
, "until"},
5987 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5988 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5989 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5990 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5991 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5992 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5993 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5994 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5995 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5996 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5997 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5998 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5999 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6000 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6001 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6002 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6003 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6004 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6005 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6006 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6007 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6008 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6009 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6010 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6011 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6012 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6013 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6014 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6015 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6018 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6019 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6020 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6021 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6024 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6027 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6028 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6031 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6032 const char *field_name
,
6036 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6037 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6041 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6042 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6043 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6046 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6048 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6054 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6055 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6062 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6064 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6068 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6071 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6074 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6075 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6077 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6080 struct command_line
*l
;
6081 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6083 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6084 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6085 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6086 struct value_print_options opts
;
6088 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6090 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6091 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6092 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6095 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6096 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6104 if (part_of_multiple
)
6107 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6108 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6113 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6118 if (part_of_multiple
)
6119 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6121 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6125 if (part_of_multiple
)
6126 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6128 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6133 if (part_of_multiple
)
6134 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6136 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6137 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6138 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6142 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6144 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6145 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6146 make sure there's just one location. */
6147 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6148 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6154 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6155 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6159 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6160 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6161 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6163 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6165 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6166 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6167 is relatively readable). */
6168 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6169 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6171 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6176 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6180 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6181 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6183 case bp_exception_resume
:
6184 case bp_step_resume
:
6185 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6186 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6188 case bp_std_terminate
:
6189 case bp_shlib_event
:
6190 case bp_thread_event
:
6191 case bp_overlay_event
:
6192 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6193 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6194 case bp_exception_master
:
6196 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6197 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6200 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6201 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6202 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6205 if (header_of_multiple
)
6206 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6207 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6208 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6210 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6211 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6214 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6215 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6222 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6224 struct inferior
*inf
;
6225 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6230 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6231 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6234 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6235 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6237 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6238 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6239 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6240 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6241 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6242 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6244 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6245 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6248 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6250 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6252 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6253 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6254 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6255 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6257 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6259 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6260 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6264 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6266 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6267 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6269 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6272 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6273 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6275 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6276 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6277 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6280 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6283 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6284 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6286 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6287 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6289 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6290 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6291 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6292 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6293 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6295 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6296 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6297 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6298 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6300 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6303 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6305 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6306 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6307 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6308 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6311 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6315 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6316 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6317 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6318 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6319 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6321 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6322 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6323 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6324 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6325 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6327 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6331 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6333 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6337 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6340 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6341 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6342 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6345 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6346 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6347 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6348 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6351 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6352 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6353 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6354 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6355 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6357 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6358 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6359 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6362 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6364 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6366 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6368 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6369 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6370 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6374 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6375 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6377 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6380 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6381 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6382 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6385 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6387 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6389 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6391 annotate_field (10);
6392 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6393 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6394 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6397 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6399 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6401 annotate_field (11);
6403 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6404 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6405 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6409 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6411 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6412 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6417 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6419 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6421 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6423 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6425 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6426 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6431 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6432 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6435 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6436 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6438 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6440 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6441 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6443 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6444 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6445 locations, if any. */
6446 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6448 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6449 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6450 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6453 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6454 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6456 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6457 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6459 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6462 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6464 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6465 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6466 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6467 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6474 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6476 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6477 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6479 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6483 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6484 an address to print. */
6485 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6488 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6489 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6490 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6493 return print_address_bits
;
6496 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6502 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6504 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6506 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6510 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6512 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6520 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6521 char **error_message
)
6523 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6526 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6528 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6529 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6535 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6536 internal or momentary. */
6539 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6541 return b
->number
> 0;
6544 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6545 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6546 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6547 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6548 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6549 breakpoints listed. */
6552 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6553 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6555 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6556 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6557 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6558 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6559 struct value_print_options opts
;
6560 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6561 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6562 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6564 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6566 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6567 required for address fields. */
6568 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6571 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6572 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6575 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6576 accept. Skip the others. */
6577 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6579 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6581 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6585 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6587 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6589 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6590 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6591 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6593 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6594 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6595 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6597 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6601 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6603 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6604 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6608 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6609 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6612 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6613 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6614 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6616 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6617 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6619 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6620 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6621 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6623 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6624 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6626 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6627 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6629 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6631 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6632 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6633 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6635 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6636 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6638 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6640 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6641 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6642 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6643 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6648 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6649 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6652 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6653 accept. Skip the others. */
6655 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6657 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6659 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6662 else /* all others */
6664 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6668 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6670 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6671 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6674 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6676 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6678 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6682 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6683 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6685 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6686 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6692 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6693 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6696 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6697 there have been breakpoints? */
6698 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6700 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6703 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6704 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6707 default_collect_info (void)
6709 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6711 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6712 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6714 if (!*default_collect
)
6717 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6719 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6720 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6721 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6725 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6727 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6729 default_collect_info ();
6733 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6735 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6736 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6738 if (num_printed
== 0)
6740 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6741 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6743 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6748 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6750 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6752 default_collect_info ();
6756 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6757 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6758 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6760 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6762 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6764 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6765 && bl
->address
== pc
6766 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6772 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6773 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6777 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6778 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6779 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6782 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6785 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6786 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6790 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6791 else /* if (others == ???) */
6792 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6794 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6797 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6798 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6799 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6800 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6801 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6802 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6803 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6804 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6806 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6810 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6812 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6813 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6814 printf_filtered (".\n");
6819 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6820 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6821 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6822 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6824 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6825 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6826 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6827 breakpoint at address zero:
6835 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6837 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6839 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6842 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6843 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6846 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6847 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6849 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6850 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6852 /* Both of them must exist. */
6853 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6854 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6856 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6857 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6858 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6859 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6860 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6861 other watchpoint. */
6863 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6865 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6868 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6870 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6874 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6875 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6876 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6877 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6878 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6879 become hw_access locations later. */
6880 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6881 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6882 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6883 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6886 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6889 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6890 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6892 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6893 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6897 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6898 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6899 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6900 space doesn't really matter. */
6903 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6904 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6907 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6908 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6909 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6912 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6913 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6914 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6915 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6918 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6919 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6922 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6925 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6926 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6930 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6931 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6932 true, otherwise returns false. */
6935 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6936 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6938 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6939 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6940 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6941 different locations. */
6942 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6947 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6948 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6949 represent the same location. */
6952 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6953 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6955 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6957 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6958 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6959 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6961 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6962 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6964 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6967 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6968 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6969 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6971 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6972 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6973 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6974 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6978 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6979 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6981 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6982 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6986 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6987 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6989 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6990 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6992 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6995 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6996 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6997 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6998 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7001 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7002 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7004 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7006 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7009 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7010 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7011 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7012 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7013 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7015 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7016 have their addresses modified. */
7021 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7023 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7024 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7025 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7027 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7028 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7030 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7031 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7033 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7038 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7039 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7041 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7043 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7048 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7049 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7052 switch (owner
->type
)
7058 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7059 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7061 case bp_exception_resume
:
7062 case bp_step_resume
:
7063 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7064 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7066 case bp_std_terminate
:
7067 case bp_shlib_event
:
7068 case bp_thread_event
:
7069 case bp_overlay_event
:
7071 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7072 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7073 case bp_exception_master
:
7074 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7075 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7077 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7078 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7080 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7081 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7082 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7085 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7086 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7087 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7092 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7093 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7094 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7097 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7103 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7105 static struct bp_location
*
7106 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7108 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7112 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7114 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7118 /* Increment reference count. */
7121 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7126 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7127 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7130 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7132 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7134 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7135 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7139 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7142 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7144 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7146 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7147 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7149 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7151 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7160 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7163 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7164 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7166 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7168 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7170 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7174 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7175 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7176 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7178 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7181 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7183 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7184 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7185 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7186 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7189 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7190 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7192 static struct breakpoint
*
7193 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7195 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7197 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7199 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7200 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7204 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7205 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7209 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7211 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7213 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7214 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7215 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7218 const char *function_name
;
7219 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7221 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7222 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7224 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7226 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7228 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7229 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7230 &loc
->requested_address
))
7232 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7233 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7234 loc
->requested_address
,
7237 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7238 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7240 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7241 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7242 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7243 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7245 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7250 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7254 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7256 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7259 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7261 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7266 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7267 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7268 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7270 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7271 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7272 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7275 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7276 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7277 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7279 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7281 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7283 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7284 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7286 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7287 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7289 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7290 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7293 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7294 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7295 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7296 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7297 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7298 is also returned as the value of this function.
7300 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7301 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7302 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7303 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7304 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7305 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7306 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7309 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7310 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7311 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7313 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7315 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7316 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7321 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7322 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7324 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7326 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7328 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7330 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7331 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7332 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7333 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7334 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7335 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7339 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7340 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7341 initiated the operation. */
7344 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7346 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7347 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7349 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7350 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7351 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7352 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7354 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7355 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7356 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7358 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7359 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7361 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7362 after their removal. */
7363 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7364 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7365 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7368 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7371 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7373 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7375 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7377 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7378 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7380 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7381 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7386 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7388 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7390 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7391 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7393 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7394 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7398 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7399 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7400 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7404 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7406 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7409 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7411 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7413 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7414 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7415 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7417 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7419 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7422 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7423 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7424 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7425 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7431 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7432 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7435 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7436 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7440 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7442 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7445 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7447 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7449 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7450 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7451 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7452 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7455 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7457 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7459 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7460 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7461 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7463 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7468 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7473 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7475 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7476 update_global_location_list (1);
7477 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7482 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7484 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7487 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7489 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7490 update_global_location_list (0);
7491 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7495 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7496 master breakpoint. */
7498 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7500 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7503 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7504 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7506 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7507 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7511 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7513 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7515 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7518 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7519 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7523 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7525 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7527 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7528 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7530 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7531 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7533 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7535 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7541 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7543 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7546 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7547 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7548 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7551 struct lang_and_radix
7557 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7560 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7562 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7564 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7565 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7566 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7570 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7573 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7575 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7578 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7579 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7580 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7584 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7586 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7588 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7589 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7590 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7591 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7595 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7597 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7599 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7600 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7601 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7605 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7606 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7609 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7611 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7613 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7615 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7616 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7618 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7619 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7620 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7621 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7622 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7623 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7624 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7625 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7626 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7627 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7628 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7629 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7632 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7637 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7638 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7639 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7642 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7644 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7645 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7647 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7648 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7649 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7650 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7651 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7652 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7655 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7657 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7658 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7660 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7661 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7662 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7663 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7664 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7665 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7666 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7667 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7668 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7670 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7671 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7672 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7673 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7676 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7677 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7679 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7681 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7682 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7683 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7686 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7691 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7692 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7693 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7696 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7698 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7700 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7703 /* OBJF_USERLOADED are dynamic modules manually managed by the user
7704 with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file. Similarly to how
7705 breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in response to
7706 "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in OBJF_USERLOADED modules
7707 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7708 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7709 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7710 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7711 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7712 OBJF_USERLOADED (nor OBJF_SHARED) as those aren't considered
7713 dynamic objects (e.g. the main objfile). */
7714 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7719 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7720 int bp_modified
= 0;
7722 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7725 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7727 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7729 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7730 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7733 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7736 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7739 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7740 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7743 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7745 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7746 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7747 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7748 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7749 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7752 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7763 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7765 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7766 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7767 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7768 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7769 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7771 struct fork_catchpoint
7773 /* The base class. */
7774 struct breakpoint base
;
7776 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7777 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7778 catchpoint has triggered. */
7779 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7782 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7786 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7788 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7791 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7795 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7797 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7800 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7804 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7805 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7806 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7808 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7810 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7813 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7817 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7820 static enum print_stop_action
7821 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7823 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7824 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7825 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7827 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7828 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7829 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7831 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7832 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7834 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7835 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7836 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7838 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7839 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7840 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7841 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7842 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7845 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7849 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7851 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7852 struct value_print_options opts
;
7853 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7855 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7857 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7858 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7860 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7861 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7863 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7864 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7866 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7867 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7868 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7869 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7873 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7876 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7880 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7882 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7885 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7889 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7892 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7895 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7897 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7899 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7903 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7905 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7908 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7912 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7914 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7917 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7921 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7922 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7923 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7925 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7927 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7930 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7934 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7937 static enum print_stop_action
7938 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7940 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7941 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7942 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7944 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7945 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7946 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7948 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7949 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7951 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7952 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7953 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7955 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7956 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7957 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7958 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7959 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7962 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7966 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7968 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7969 struct value_print_options opts
;
7970 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7972 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7973 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7974 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7976 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7977 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7979 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7980 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7982 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7983 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7984 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7985 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7988 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7989 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7992 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7996 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7998 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8001 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8005 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8007 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8008 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8011 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8013 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8015 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8016 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8017 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8018 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8019 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8021 struct solib_catchpoint
8023 /* The base class. */
8024 struct breakpoint base
;
8026 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8027 unsigned char is_load
;
8029 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8030 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8036 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8038 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8041 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8042 xfree (self
->regex
);
8044 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8048 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8054 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8060 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8061 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8063 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8065 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8066 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8068 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8073 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8075 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8078 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8081 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8084 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8086 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8095 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8097 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8098 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8103 struct so_list
*iter
;
8106 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8111 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8120 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8125 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8131 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8134 static enum print_stop_action
8135 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8137 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8138 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8140 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8141 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8142 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8144 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8145 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8146 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8147 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8148 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8149 print_solib_event (1);
8150 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8154 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8156 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8157 struct value_print_options opts
;
8158 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8161 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8162 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8163 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8165 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8168 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8175 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8177 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8182 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8184 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8186 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8189 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8190 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8191 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8195 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8197 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8199 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8200 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8204 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8206 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8208 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8209 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8210 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8212 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8213 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8216 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8218 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8219 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8220 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8221 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8222 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8223 created in an enabled state. */
8226 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8228 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8229 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8230 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8234 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8236 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8237 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8243 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8246 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8248 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8249 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8251 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8254 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8255 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8256 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8258 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8260 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8261 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8264 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8268 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8269 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8272 const int enabled
= 1;
8274 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8276 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8280 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8281 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8283 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8287 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8288 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8290 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8293 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8294 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8295 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8296 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8297 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8299 struct syscall_catchpoint
8301 /* The base class. */
8302 struct breakpoint base
;
8304 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8305 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8306 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8307 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8308 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8311 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8315 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8317 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8319 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8321 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8324 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8326 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8328 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8329 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8330 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8332 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8333 int any_syscall_count
;
8335 /* Count of each system call. */
8336 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8338 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8339 if any catching is necessary. */
8340 int total_syscalls_count
;
8343 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8344 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8346 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8348 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8349 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8351 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8352 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8359 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8365 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8369 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8371 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8372 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8373 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8374 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8376 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8377 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8378 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8384 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8389 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8391 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8392 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8393 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8395 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8396 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8397 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8399 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8400 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8402 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8403 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8407 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8408 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8409 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8411 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8413 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8416 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8420 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8422 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8423 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8424 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8425 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8427 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8428 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8429 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8435 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8439 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8440 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8442 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8443 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8447 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8448 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8449 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8451 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8453 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8456 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8460 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8461 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8462 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8464 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8465 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8466 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8467 int syscall_number
= 0;
8468 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8469 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8471 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8472 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8475 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8477 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8478 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8483 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8485 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8494 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8497 static enum print_stop_action
8498 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8500 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8501 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8502 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8503 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8504 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8505 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8507 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8510 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8512 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8514 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8516 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8523 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8524 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8525 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8526 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8528 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8530 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8531 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8533 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8535 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8536 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8538 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8542 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8545 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8549 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8550 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8552 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8553 struct value_print_options opts
;
8554 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8556 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8557 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8558 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8560 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8561 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8564 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8565 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8566 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8568 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8570 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8573 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8576 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8581 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8584 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8586 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8588 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8589 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8593 /* Remove the last comma. */
8594 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8595 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8598 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8599 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8601 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8602 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8605 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8609 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8611 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8613 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8617 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8618 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8620 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8623 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8627 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8630 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8632 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8634 printf_filtered (")");
8637 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8641 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8645 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8647 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8649 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8651 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8656 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8661 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8668 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8671 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8673 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8675 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8678 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8680 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8683 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8684 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8685 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8686 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8689 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8690 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8692 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8694 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8697 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8699 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8701 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8702 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8706 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8708 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8709 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8710 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8711 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8714 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8717 update_global_location_list (1);
8721 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8722 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8723 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8725 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8727 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8729 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8731 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8734 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8736 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8737 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8738 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8739 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8740 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8742 struct exec_catchpoint
8744 /* The base class. */
8745 struct breakpoint base
;
8747 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8748 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8750 char *exec_pathname
;
8753 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8757 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8759 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8761 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8763 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8767 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8769 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8773 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8775 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8779 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8780 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8781 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8783 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8785 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8788 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8792 static enum print_stop_action
8793 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8795 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8796 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8797 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8799 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8800 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8801 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8803 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8806 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8807 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8808 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8810 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8811 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8812 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8813 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8815 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8819 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8821 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8822 struct value_print_options opts
;
8823 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8825 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8827 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8828 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8829 is relatively readable). */
8830 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8831 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8833 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8834 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8836 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8837 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8838 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8841 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8842 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8846 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8848 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8851 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8855 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8858 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8861 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8864 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8865 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8867 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8868 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8870 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8871 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8872 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8874 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8878 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8882 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8886 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8887 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8889 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8891 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8898 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8902 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8905 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8907 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8910 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8912 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8914 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8920 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8921 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8922 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8923 types _not_ TYPE. */
8926 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8927 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8930 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8932 *other_type_used
= 0;
8937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8940 if (b
->type
== type
)
8941 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8942 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8943 *other_type_used
= 1;
8950 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8952 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8956 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8958 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8959 update_global_location_list (0);
8965 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8967 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8971 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8973 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8974 update_global_location_list (1);
8980 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8982 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8983 update_global_location_list (0);
8987 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8989 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8990 breakpoint_re_set ();
8994 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8995 at address specified by SAL.
8996 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8999 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9000 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9002 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9004 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9006 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9008 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9009 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9010 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9011 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9013 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9014 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9016 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9017 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9019 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
9024 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9025 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
9028 static struct breakpoint
*
9029 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9031 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
9033 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9035 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9036 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9037 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9039 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9040 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9041 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9042 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9043 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9044 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9045 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9046 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9047 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9048 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9049 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9051 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9052 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9053 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9055 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9059 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9063 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9065 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9069 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
9073 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9076 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9078 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9080 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9081 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9083 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9087 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9090 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9092 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9093 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9095 printf_filtered ("\n");
9099 static struct bp_location
*
9100 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9101 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9103 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9104 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9105 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9107 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9108 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9110 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9111 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9112 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9113 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9114 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9115 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9116 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9119 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9120 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9121 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9122 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9127 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9128 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9129 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9130 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9131 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9132 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9133 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9134 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9135 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9136 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9138 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9139 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9144 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9145 return 0 otherwise. */
9148 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9152 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9153 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9154 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9157 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9159 addr
= loc
->address
;
9160 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9162 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9166 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9168 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9169 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9170 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9171 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9173 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9174 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9176 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9177 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9180 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9185 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9186 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9189 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9191 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9192 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9197 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9199 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9201 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9203 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9205 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9206 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9208 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9209 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9210 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9212 if (!dprintf_function
)
9213 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9215 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9216 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9221 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9225 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9227 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9228 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9231 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9232 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9236 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9237 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9239 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9240 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9242 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9243 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9245 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9246 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9247 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9248 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9249 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9250 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9252 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9256 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9257 current style settings. */
9260 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9261 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9267 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9268 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9272 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9273 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9274 as condition expression. */
9277 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9278 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9279 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9281 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9282 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9283 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9284 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9285 int display_canonical
)
9289 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9291 int target_resources_ok
;
9293 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9294 target_resources_ok
=
9295 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9297 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9298 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9299 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9300 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9303 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9305 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9307 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9308 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9312 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9314 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9316 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9317 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9322 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9326 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9327 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9328 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9329 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9330 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9332 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9333 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9335 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9337 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9338 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9340 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9342 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9343 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9344 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9348 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9350 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9352 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9353 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9355 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9357 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9359 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9361 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9362 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9364 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9366 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9369 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9370 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9377 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9378 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9382 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9383 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9387 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9389 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9390 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9392 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9395 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9396 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9397 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9399 if (b
->extra_string
)
9400 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9402 error (_("Format string required"));
9404 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9405 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9408 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9410 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9412 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9415 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9420 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9421 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9422 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9424 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9425 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9426 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9427 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9428 int display_canonical
)
9430 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9431 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9433 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9435 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9437 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9441 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9443 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9445 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9447 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9449 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9451 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9453 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9455 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9458 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9459 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9460 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9461 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9462 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9463 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9464 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9465 we take just a single condition string.
9467 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9468 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9469 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9470 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9471 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9474 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9475 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9476 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9477 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9478 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9479 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9480 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9483 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9485 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9486 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9488 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9490 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9491 'break', without arguments. */
9492 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9493 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9495 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9496 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9498 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9499 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9502 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9504 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9505 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9506 canonical
->special_display
);
9507 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9511 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9512 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9513 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9514 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9516 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9517 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9520 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9521 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9523 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9525 if ((*address
) == NULL
9526 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9528 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9530 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9532 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9533 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9536 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9537 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9538 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9540 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9541 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9542 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9543 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9544 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9545 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9547 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9549 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9550 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9551 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9552 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9553 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9555 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9557 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9558 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9559 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9561 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9564 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9568 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9570 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9571 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9572 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9573 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9575 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9576 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9577 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9579 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9580 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9581 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9582 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9583 get_last_displayed_line (),
9584 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9586 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9587 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9592 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9593 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9596 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9600 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9601 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9604 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9605 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9606 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9607 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9608 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9612 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9613 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9616 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9618 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9620 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9622 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9624 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9626 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9627 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9628 associated with SAL. */
9631 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9633 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9636 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9637 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9639 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9643 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9645 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9646 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9648 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9651 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9652 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9653 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9654 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9655 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9656 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9659 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9660 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9663 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9670 const char *end_tok
;
9672 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9673 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9675 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9677 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9679 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9683 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9685 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9687 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9689 struct expression
*expr
;
9691 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9692 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9695 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9697 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9702 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9704 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9705 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9706 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9709 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9714 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9716 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9717 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9718 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9723 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9727 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9731 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9733 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9734 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9736 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9737 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9738 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9739 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9744 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9746 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9748 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9749 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9751 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9752 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9753 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9755 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9756 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9758 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9760 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9762 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9764 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9766 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9767 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9769 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9772 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9778 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9779 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9780 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9781 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9782 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9783 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9784 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9785 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9786 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9787 was created; false otherwise. */
9790 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9791 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9792 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9794 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9796 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9797 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9798 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9801 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9802 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9803 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9804 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9805 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9806 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9809 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9811 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9813 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9815 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9817 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9818 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9821 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9825 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9831 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9833 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9836 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9837 throw_exception (e
);
9839 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9841 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9842 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9843 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9844 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9845 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9848 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9849 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9850 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9851 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9853 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9855 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9856 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9857 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9858 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9859 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9861 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9865 throw_exception (e
);
9869 throw_exception (e
);
9872 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9873 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9875 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9876 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9877 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9878 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9879 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9881 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9882 are ok for the target. */
9886 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9888 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9889 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9892 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9893 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9896 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9898 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9899 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9902 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9903 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9910 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9912 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9914 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9915 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9916 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9917 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9919 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9920 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9922 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9924 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9926 extra_string
= rest
;
9931 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9933 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9936 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9937 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9939 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9942 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9943 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9947 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9948 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9949 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9950 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9951 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9955 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9957 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9959 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9961 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9963 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9967 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9969 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9971 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9973 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9976 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9979 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9980 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9982 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9984 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9985 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9986 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9987 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9988 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9989 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9990 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9991 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9993 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9996 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9998 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9999 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10000 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10003 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10005 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10006 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10007 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10009 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10010 update_global_location_list (1);
10015 /* Set a breakpoint.
10016 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10017 condition, and thread.
10018 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10019 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10020 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10023 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10025 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10026 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10027 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10029 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10030 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10032 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10033 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10034 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10036 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10038 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10040 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10041 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10042 0 /* Ignore count */,
10043 pending_break_support
,
10051 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10054 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10058 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10060 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10061 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10062 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10065 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10066 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10067 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10068 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10071 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10073 struct blockvector
*bv
;
10075 struct symbol
*sym
;
10077 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10080 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10083 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10084 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10088 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10089 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10090 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10091 happen in assembly source). */
10093 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10094 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10096 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10098 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10100 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10102 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10109 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10111 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10115 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10117 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10121 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10123 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10127 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10129 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10133 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10135 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10136 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10137 stop at <line>\n"));
10141 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10145 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10147 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10149 char *argptr
= arg
;
10152 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10153 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10154 function/method name. */
10155 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10157 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10162 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10164 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10168 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10170 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10174 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10178 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10182 char *argptr
= arg
;
10185 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10186 it is probably a line number. */
10187 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10189 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10194 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10196 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10200 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10202 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10205 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10206 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10207 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10211 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10213 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10215 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10217 0 /* Ignore count */,
10218 pending_break_support
,
10219 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10227 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10229 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10232 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10233 ranged breakpoints. */
10236 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10237 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10239 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10241 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10242 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10245 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10246 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10249 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10250 ranged breakpoints. */
10253 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10255 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10258 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10259 ranged breakpoints. */
10261 static enum print_stop_action
10262 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10264 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10265 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10266 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10268 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10270 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10271 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10273 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10274 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10275 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10277 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10280 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10281 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10282 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10284 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10285 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10287 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10290 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10291 ranged breakpoints. */
10294 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10295 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10297 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10298 struct value_print_options opts
;
10299 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10301 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10302 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10304 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10306 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10307 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10308 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10309 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10310 annotate_field (5);
10311 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10315 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10316 ranged breakpoints. */
10319 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10320 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10322 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10323 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10324 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10325 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10329 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10330 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10332 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10333 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10334 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10335 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10336 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10337 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10339 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10342 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10343 ranged breakpoints. */
10346 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10348 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10349 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10352 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10354 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10357 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10358 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10359 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10362 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10363 ranged breakpoints. */
10366 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10368 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10369 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10370 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10373 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10375 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10377 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10378 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10379 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10380 last instruction of the given line. */
10383 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10387 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10388 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10389 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10396 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10398 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10400 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10407 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10410 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10412 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10413 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10414 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10416 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10417 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10418 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10419 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10421 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10422 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10423 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10425 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10426 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10427 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10429 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10430 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10432 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10433 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10434 error(_("No address range specified."));
10436 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10439 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10441 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10444 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10445 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10446 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10448 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10450 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10451 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10452 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10454 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10455 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10456 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10458 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10459 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10461 /* Parse the end location. */
10463 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10466 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10467 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10468 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10469 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10470 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10471 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10472 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10473 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10475 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10477 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10478 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10480 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10481 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10482 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10483 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10485 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10486 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10487 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10489 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10490 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10491 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10493 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10495 /* Length overflowed. */
10496 error (_("Address range too large."));
10497 else if (length
== 1)
10499 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10500 the `hbreak' command. */
10501 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10503 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10508 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10509 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10510 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10511 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10512 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10513 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10514 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10515 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10516 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10518 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10521 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10522 update_global_location_list (1);
10525 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10526 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10527 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10531 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10533 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10539 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10540 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10543 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10553 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10554 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10555 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10556 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10557 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10559 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10588 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10591 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10592 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10597 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10598 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10599 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10600 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10601 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10602 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10603 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10605 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10606 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10611 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10613 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10614 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10615 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10616 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10618 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10619 are always constant. */
10621 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10623 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10624 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10625 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10630 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10631 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10632 then it is not a constant. */
10641 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10644 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10646 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10648 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10650 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10651 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10652 value_free (w
->val
);
10654 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10657 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10660 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10662 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10664 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10665 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10667 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10668 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10669 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10670 are loaded and unloaded.
10672 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10673 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10674 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10675 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10676 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10677 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10679 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10680 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10681 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10682 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10684 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10685 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10687 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10688 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10689 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10692 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10695 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10697 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10698 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10700 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10704 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10707 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10709 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10710 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10712 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10717 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10718 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10719 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10721 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10722 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10724 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10725 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10726 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10727 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10728 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10729 (did not match the data address). */
10730 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10731 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10738 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10740 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10742 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10745 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10746 hardware watchpoints. */
10749 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10751 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10752 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10754 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10757 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10758 hardware watchpoints. */
10761 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10763 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10764 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10767 static enum print_stop_action
10768 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10770 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10772 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10773 enum print_stop_action result
;
10774 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10775 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10777 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10779 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10780 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10782 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10783 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10787 case bp_watchpoint
:
10788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10789 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10791 ui_out_field_string
10793 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10795 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10796 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10797 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10798 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10799 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10800 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10801 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10802 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10803 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10804 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10807 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10808 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10809 ui_out_field_string
10811 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10813 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10814 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10815 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10816 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10817 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10818 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10821 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10822 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10824 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10826 ui_out_field_string
10828 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10830 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10831 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10832 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10833 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10834 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10840 ui_out_field_string
10842 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10843 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10844 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10846 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10847 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10848 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10849 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10852 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10855 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10859 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10863 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10865 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10866 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10867 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10871 case bp_watchpoint
:
10872 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10873 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10875 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10876 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10877 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10879 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10880 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10881 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10883 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10884 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10885 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10888 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10889 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10892 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10893 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10894 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10895 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10898 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10902 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10904 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10908 case bp_watchpoint
:
10909 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10912 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10915 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10919 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10920 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10924 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10927 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10931 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10933 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10934 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10935 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10941 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10943 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10945 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10946 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10949 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10951 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10953 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10954 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10957 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10958 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10961 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10963 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10965 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10966 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10969 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10970 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10973 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10975 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10977 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10980 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10981 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10984 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10989 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10990 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10992 static enum print_stop_action
10993 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10995 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10996 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10998 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10999 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11003 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11004 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11005 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11006 ui_out_field_string
11008 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11011 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11012 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11013 ui_out_field_string
11015 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11018 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11020 ui_out_field_string
11022 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11025 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11026 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11030 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11031 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11032 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11033 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11035 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11036 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11039 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11040 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11043 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11044 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11046 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11048 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11049 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11051 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11052 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11056 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11057 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11060 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11062 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11063 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11064 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11068 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11069 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11070 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11072 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11073 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11074 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11076 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11077 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11078 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11081 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11082 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11085 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11086 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11087 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11088 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11091 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11092 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11095 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11097 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11102 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11103 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11105 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11108 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11109 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11112 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11113 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11116 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11118 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11121 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11123 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11125 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11128 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11130 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11133 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11134 hw_read: watch read,
11135 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11137 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11138 int just_location
, int internal
)
11140 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11141 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11142 struct expression
*exp
;
11143 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11144 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11145 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11146 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11147 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11148 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11150 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11151 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11152 enum bptype bp_type
;
11155 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11156 the hardware watchpoint. */
11158 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11159 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11161 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11163 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11164 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11166 const char *value_start
;
11168 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11170 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11171 of the arguments string. */
11172 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11174 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11175 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11178 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11179 This is the value of the parameter. */
11180 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11182 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11184 /* Skip whitespace. */
11185 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11190 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11191 This is the parameter itself. */
11192 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11195 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11197 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11199 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11200 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11201 only in a specific thread. */
11205 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11207 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11208 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11210 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11212 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11213 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11215 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11216 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11217 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11219 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11221 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11222 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11224 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11227 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11229 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11231 mark
= value_mark ();
11232 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11233 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11234 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11237 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11240 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11241 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11248 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11249 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11251 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11252 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11253 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11254 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11255 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11257 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11258 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11260 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11263 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11264 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11268 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11269 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11271 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11274 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11275 mark
= value_mark ();
11276 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11282 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11283 val
= value_addr (result
);
11284 release_value (val
);
11285 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11289 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11292 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11293 else if (ret
== -2)
11294 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11297 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11298 release_value (val
);
11300 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11301 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11303 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11304 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11306 struct expression
*cond
;
11308 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11309 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11310 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11312 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11313 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11314 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11320 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11322 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11324 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11325 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11326 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11327 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11328 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11330 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11333 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11334 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11335 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11336 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11338 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11340 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11341 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11343 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11344 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11346 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11347 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11348 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11349 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11350 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11351 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11352 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11353 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11354 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11358 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11359 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11360 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11361 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11363 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11364 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11365 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11366 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11368 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11370 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11373 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11374 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11376 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11377 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11378 b
->thread
= thread
;
11379 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11380 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11382 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11383 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11386 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11387 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11390 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11391 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11393 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11394 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11397 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11398 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11400 /* The above expression is in C. */
11401 b
->language
= language_c
;
11404 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11408 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11417 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11419 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11423 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11424 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11428 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11429 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11432 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11434 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11435 need to act on them together. */
11436 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11437 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11440 if (!just_location
)
11441 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11443 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11445 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11446 that should be inserted. */
11447 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11451 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11452 throw_exception (e
);
11455 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11456 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11459 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11460 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11463 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11465 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11466 struct value
*head
= v
;
11468 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11469 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11472 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11473 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11474 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11475 hardware watchpoint.
11477 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11478 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11479 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11480 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11481 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11482 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11483 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11484 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11485 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11487 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11488 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11489 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11490 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11491 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11493 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11495 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11496 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11497 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11498 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11499 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11500 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11504 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11505 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11506 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11508 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11509 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11510 middle of some value chain. */
11512 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11513 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11515 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11519 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11520 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11521 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11523 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11527 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11531 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11532 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11533 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11534 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11535 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11538 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11539 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11540 return found_memory_cnt
;
11544 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11546 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11549 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11550 calls watch_command_1. */
11553 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11555 int just_location
= 0;
11558 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11559 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11561 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11565 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11569 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11571 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11575 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11577 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11581 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11583 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11587 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11589 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11593 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11595 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11599 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11600 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11602 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11604 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11605 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11609 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11610 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11611 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11614 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11616 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11618 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11619 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11620 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11621 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11625 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11627 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11628 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11629 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11630 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11631 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11632 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11633 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11634 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11635 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11637 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11639 clear_proceed_status ();
11641 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11644 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11645 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11646 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11647 get_last_displayed_line ());
11649 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11650 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11652 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11653 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11655 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11656 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11659 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11661 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11663 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11666 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11668 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11669 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11670 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11673 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11674 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11675 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11676 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11678 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11681 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11683 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11685 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11686 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11687 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11691 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11693 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11694 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11697 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11701 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11702 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11703 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11704 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11706 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11707 only at the very same frame. */
11708 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11709 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11710 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11712 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11714 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11715 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11716 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11717 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11719 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11721 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11722 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11724 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11725 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11726 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11728 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11729 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11730 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11734 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11737 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11738 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11740 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11741 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11742 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11743 if clause in the arg string. */
11746 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11750 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11753 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11756 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11757 condition string. */
11758 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11759 cond_string
= *arg
;
11761 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11763 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11765 return cond_string
;
11768 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11769 process start/exit, etc. */
11773 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11774 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11779 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11780 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11782 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11783 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11784 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11787 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11788 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11789 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11793 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11795 /* The allowed syntax is:
11797 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11799 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11800 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11802 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11803 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11805 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11806 and enable reporting of such events. */
11809 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11810 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11811 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11812 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11814 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11815 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11816 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11817 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11820 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11826 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11827 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11829 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11830 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11832 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11834 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11838 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11840 /* The allowed syntax is:
11842 catch exec if <cond>
11844 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11845 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11847 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11848 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11850 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11851 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11852 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11853 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11855 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11859 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11860 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11861 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11863 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11870 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11872 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11874 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11875 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11876 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11877 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11878 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11879 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11880 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11881 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11882 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11883 enough for now, though. */
11886 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11888 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11889 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11890 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11891 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11894 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11895 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11897 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11899 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11900 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11902 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11904 int i
, syscall_number
;
11906 char cur_name
[128];
11909 /* Skip whitespace. */
11910 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11912 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11913 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11914 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11917 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11918 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11919 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11920 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11923 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11925 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11927 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11928 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11929 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11930 syscall number to be caught. */
11931 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11934 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11935 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11938 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11942 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11945 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11946 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11951 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11953 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11954 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11955 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11956 this architecture yet."));
11958 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11960 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11962 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11963 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11964 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11965 for his/her architecture. */
11966 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11968 /* The allowed syntax is:
11970 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11972 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11975 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11979 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11980 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11984 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11986 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11991 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11993 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11996 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11999 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12001 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12002 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12003 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12004 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12006 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12008 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12011 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12015 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12018 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12021 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12023 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12024 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12027 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12028 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12030 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12034 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12035 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12036 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12037 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12042 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12043 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12044 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12045 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12047 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12048 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12049 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12050 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12051 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12052 error (_("No source file specified."));
12054 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12060 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12061 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12062 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12063 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12065 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12066 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12067 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12068 due to optimization, all in one block.
12070 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12071 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12072 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12073 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12074 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12075 to support that. */
12077 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12078 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12079 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12083 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12084 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12086 const char *sal_fullname
;
12088 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12089 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12090 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12093 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12098 1 0 <can't happen> */
12100 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12101 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12102 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12104 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12108 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12109 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12111 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12112 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12114 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12115 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12116 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12118 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12119 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12120 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12121 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12122 int line_match
= 0;
12124 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12125 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12126 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12127 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12128 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12129 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12130 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12133 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12142 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12146 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12147 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12150 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12152 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12155 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12156 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12157 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12158 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12159 compare_breakpoints
);
12160 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12161 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12165 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12170 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12171 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12174 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12175 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12177 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12180 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12183 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12184 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12187 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12189 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12192 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12193 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12194 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12197 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12199 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12201 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12202 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12203 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12205 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12207 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12209 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12210 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12214 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12215 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12216 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12217 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12218 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12219 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12222 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12224 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12225 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12226 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12227 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12228 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12230 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12231 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12233 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12234 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12237 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12238 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12239 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12241 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12242 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12243 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12245 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12246 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12247 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12249 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12250 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12251 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12253 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12256 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12257 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12258 content of the bp_location array. */
12261 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12263 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12265 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12266 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12270 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12272 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12275 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12276 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12278 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12279 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12280 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12281 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12283 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12285 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12286 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12287 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12288 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12292 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12295 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12297 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12298 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12300 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12303 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12305 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12307 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12308 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12309 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12311 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12312 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12313 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12316 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12318 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12319 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12320 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12321 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12324 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12326 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12329 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12331 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12332 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12333 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12337 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12340 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12343 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12345 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12346 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12347 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12348 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12350 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12351 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12352 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12353 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12354 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12356 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12357 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12358 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12359 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12360 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12361 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12362 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12363 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12366 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12367 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12368 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12372 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12374 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12375 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12376 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12379 address
= bl
->address
;
12380 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12382 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12383 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12384 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12386 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12387 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12390 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12391 the same program space as the location
12392 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12393 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12398 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12399 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12402 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12403 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12404 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12405 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12406 that have already been marked. */
12407 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12409 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12411 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12413 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12414 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12419 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12420 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12421 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12422 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12423 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12424 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12425 returns true on them.
12427 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12428 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12429 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12430 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12431 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12432 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12435 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12437 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12438 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12439 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12440 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12441 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12442 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12443 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12445 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12446 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12447 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12448 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12449 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12451 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12452 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12453 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12454 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12456 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12457 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12458 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12459 unsigned old_location_count
;
12461 old_location
= bp_location
;
12462 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12463 bp_location
= NULL
;
12464 bp_location_count
= 0;
12465 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12468 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12469 bp_location_count
++;
12471 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12472 locp
= bp_location
;
12473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12474 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12476 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12477 bp_location_compare
);
12479 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12481 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12482 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12483 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12484 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12485 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12488 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12489 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12491 locp
= bp_location
;
12492 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12495 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12496 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12498 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12499 not, we have to free it. */
12500 int found_object
= 0;
12501 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12502 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12505 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12506 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12507 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12508 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12512 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12513 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12516 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12517 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12518 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12520 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12521 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12522 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12524 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12525 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12528 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12532 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12533 have to go through updates again. */
12534 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12536 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12538 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12540 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12541 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12542 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12543 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12544 at certain location is not inserted. */
12546 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12548 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12551 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12553 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12554 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12555 keep_in_target
= 1;
12559 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12560 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12561 remove its target-side condition. */
12563 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12564 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12565 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12566 this one from the target. */
12568 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12569 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12572 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12573 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12576 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12578 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12580 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12581 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12582 supported, but the latter are. */
12583 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12585 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12586 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12589 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12590 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12592 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12593 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12595 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12596 keep_in_target
= 1;
12604 if (!keep_in_target
)
12606 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12608 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12609 this location on the global list, and try to
12610 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12611 reason why we will succeed next time.
12613 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12614 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12615 only after calling us. */
12616 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12617 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12618 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12626 if (removed
&& non_stop
12627 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12628 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12630 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12631 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12632 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12633 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12634 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12635 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12636 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12637 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12638 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12639 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12640 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12641 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12642 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12643 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12646 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12647 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12649 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12650 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12651 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12652 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12653 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12654 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12655 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12656 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12657 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12658 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12659 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12660 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12661 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12664 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12665 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12666 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12667 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12669 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12670 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12671 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12672 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12673 traps we can no longer explain. */
12675 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12676 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12678 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12682 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12683 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12688 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12689 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12690 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12691 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12692 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12693 are sorted first for the same address.
12695 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12696 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12698 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12699 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12700 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12701 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12702 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12704 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12706 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12709 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12710 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12711 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12712 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12713 `struct bp_location'. */
12714 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12716 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12717 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12721 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12722 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12723 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12724 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12725 "actually inserted"));
12727 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12728 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12729 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12730 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12731 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12732 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12734 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12736 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12737 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12738 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12740 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12741 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12743 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12745 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12746 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12747 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12753 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12754 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12755 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12757 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12758 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12760 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12761 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12763 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12764 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12765 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12766 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12767 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12770 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12771 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12772 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12775 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12778 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12779 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12780 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12782 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12787 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12789 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12793 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12795 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12798 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12799 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12801 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12802 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12808 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12810 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12812 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12813 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12816 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12819 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12823 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12824 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12826 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12827 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12828 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12832 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12834 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12836 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12838 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12842 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12846 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12848 struct value_print_options opts
;
12850 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12852 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12854 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12856 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12860 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12862 printf_filtered (" at ");
12863 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12866 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12868 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12870 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12871 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12872 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12873 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12875 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12876 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12877 real situation somewhat. */
12878 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12883 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12885 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12887 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12892 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12895 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12897 xfree (self
->cond
);
12898 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12899 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12900 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12902 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12903 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12906 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12911 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12915 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12917 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12918 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12919 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12920 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12921 xfree (self
->filter
);
12922 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12925 static struct bp_location
*
12926 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12928 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12930 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12931 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12936 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12938 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12941 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12942 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12945 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12947 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12951 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12953 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12957 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12958 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12960 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12962 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12966 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12971 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12975 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12977 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12980 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12984 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12986 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12989 static enum print_stop_action
12990 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12992 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12996 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12997 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13003 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13005 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13009 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13011 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13015 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13016 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13017 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13021 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13025 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13026 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13028 char *extra_string
,
13029 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13030 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13032 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13033 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13034 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13035 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13037 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13041 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13042 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13044 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13047 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13050 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13055 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13058 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13060 /* Nothing to do. */
13063 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13065 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13066 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13067 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13068 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13069 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13070 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13071 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13072 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13073 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13074 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13076 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13077 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13078 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13079 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13080 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13081 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13082 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13083 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13086 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13089 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13091 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13092 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13094 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13095 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13099 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13103 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13105 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13106 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13109 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13114 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13116 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13117 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13119 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13123 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13124 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13125 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13127 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13128 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13131 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13135 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13136 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13137 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13144 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13146 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13151 static enum print_stop_action
13152 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13154 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13155 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13157 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13159 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13161 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13162 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13164 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13165 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13166 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13169 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13171 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13173 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13174 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13176 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13177 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13178 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13180 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13181 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13183 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13187 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13189 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13194 case bp_breakpoint
:
13195 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13196 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13197 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13199 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13200 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13201 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13202 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13204 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13205 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13208 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13216 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13218 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13219 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13220 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13221 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13222 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13223 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13224 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13225 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13226 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13228 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13229 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13231 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13232 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13236 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13237 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13238 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13239 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13241 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13242 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13246 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13247 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13249 char *extra_string
,
13250 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13251 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13253 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13254 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13255 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13256 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13258 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13259 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13261 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13262 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13263 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13267 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13268 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13270 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13273 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13276 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13280 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13281 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13282 case bp_overlay_event
:
13283 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13284 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13285 case bp_exception_master
:
13286 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13289 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13290 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13291 case bp_shlib_event
:
13293 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13294 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13295 case bp_thread_event
:
13301 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13303 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13305 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13306 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13307 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13308 objects (among other things). */
13309 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13310 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13316 static enum print_stop_action
13317 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13319 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13321 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13325 case bp_shlib_event
:
13326 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13327 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13328 to shlib event" message.) */
13329 print_solib_event (0);
13332 case bp_thread_event
:
13333 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13334 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13335 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13338 case bp_overlay_event
:
13339 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13340 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13343 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13344 /* These should never be enabled. */
13345 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13348 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13349 /* These should never be enabled. */
13350 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13351 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13354 case bp_exception_master
:
13355 /* These should never be enabled. */
13356 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13357 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13361 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13365 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13367 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13370 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13373 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13375 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13376 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13377 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13378 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13382 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13384 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13387 static enum print_stop_action
13388 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13390 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13392 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13394 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13399 ui_out_field_string
13401 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13405 ui_out_field_string
13407 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13416 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13418 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13421 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13423 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13424 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13427 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13429 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13432 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13434 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13437 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13440 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13442 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13446 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13448 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13457 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13459 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13460 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13464 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13468 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13469 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13470 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13471 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13473 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13475 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13477 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13478 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13480 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13484 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13485 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13487 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13489 error (_("probe not found"));
13492 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13495 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13497 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13501 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13502 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13503 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13505 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13511 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13512 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13514 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13515 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13517 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13520 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13521 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13522 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13527 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13534 case bp_tracepoint
:
13535 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13536 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13538 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13539 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13540 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13542 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13543 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13544 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13547 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13548 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13555 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13557 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13559 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13561 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13563 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13566 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13567 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13570 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13572 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13577 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13578 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13579 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13580 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13582 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13583 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13587 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13588 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13590 char *extra_string
,
13591 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13592 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13594 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13595 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13596 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13597 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13599 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13600 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13602 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13603 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13604 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13608 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13609 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13611 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13614 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13616 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13620 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13621 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13622 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13623 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13625 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13626 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13627 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13631 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13632 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13634 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13635 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13638 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13640 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13643 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13645 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13647 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13648 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13649 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13650 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13652 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13653 error (_("Format string required"));
13655 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13656 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13657 3 - disconnect from target 1
13658 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13660 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13661 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13662 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13663 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13664 it all the time. */
13665 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13666 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13669 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13672 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13676 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13679 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13682 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13683 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13684 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13685 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13686 address are all handled. */
13689 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13691 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13692 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13693 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13695 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13696 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13697 condition not be evaluated. */
13700 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13701 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13702 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13703 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13704 commands here throws. */
13705 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13706 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13707 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13709 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13711 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13712 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13714 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13717 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13721 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13722 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13723 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13724 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13726 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13728 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13730 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13732 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13733 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13734 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13738 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13739 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13741 char *extra_string
,
13742 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13743 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13745 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13746 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13747 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13748 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13751 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13752 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13754 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13755 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13756 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13757 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13758 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13759 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13761 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13763 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13764 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13765 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13768 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13769 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13771 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13772 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13774 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13775 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13777 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13778 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13779 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13780 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13781 canonical
->special_display
);
13782 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13783 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13784 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13785 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13786 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13787 corresponds to this one */
13788 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13790 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13792 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13797 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13798 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13800 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13802 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13803 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13805 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13809 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13812 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13815 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13817 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13820 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13824 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13826 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13828 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13830 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13831 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13834 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13835 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13836 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13837 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13838 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13841 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13842 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13843 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13844 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13846 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13849 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13850 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13851 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13853 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13854 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13856 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13857 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13858 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13859 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13863 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13865 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13866 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13867 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13868 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13869 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13872 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13873 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13874 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13875 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13877 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13879 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13880 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13883 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13885 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13889 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13891 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13892 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13893 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13894 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13895 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13896 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13897 commands won't work. */
13899 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13901 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13902 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13903 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13904 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13905 might be better design to have location completely
13906 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13907 update_global_location_list (0);
13909 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13910 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13911 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13912 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13917 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13919 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13923 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13925 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13928 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13929 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13932 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13933 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13937 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13942 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13944 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13945 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13947 if (next
== related
)
13949 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13950 function (related
, data
);
13952 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13953 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13958 function (related
, data
);
13962 while (related
!= b
);
13966 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13968 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13971 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13972 delete_breakpoint. */
13975 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13977 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13981 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13983 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13989 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13991 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13992 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13993 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13994 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13995 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13997 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14001 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14003 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14006 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14007 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14011 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14015 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14017 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14018 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14019 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14024 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14025 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14026 Null names are ignored. */
14029 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14031 struct bp_location
*l
;
14032 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14033 (int (*) (const void *,
14034 const void *)) streq
,
14035 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14037 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14040 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14042 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14046 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14048 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14052 htab_delete (htab
);
14058 htab_delete (htab
);
14062 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14063 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14064 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14065 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14066 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14067 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14068 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14069 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14072 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14073 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14074 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14075 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14076 in the sources, and output a warning.
14078 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14079 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14080 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14081 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14082 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14085 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14086 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14087 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14088 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14089 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14090 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14091 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14092 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14093 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14095 static struct symtab_and_line
14096 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14098 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14099 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14104 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14106 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14108 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14109 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14111 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14113 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14114 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14115 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14120 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14122 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14124 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14125 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14127 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14130 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14132 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14134 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14135 struct symbol
*sym
;
14136 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14137 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14139 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14141 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14142 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14144 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14145 "found at previous line number"),
14146 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14150 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14152 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14153 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14154 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14157 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14158 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14159 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14162 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14163 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14165 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14167 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14169 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14172 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14173 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14175 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14176 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14178 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14179 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14180 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14181 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14183 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14186 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14192 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14193 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14196 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14200 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14203 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14206 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14213 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14219 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14220 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14221 a ranged breakpoint. */
14224 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14225 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14226 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14229 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14231 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14233 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14235 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14236 update_global_location_list (1);
14237 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14238 "multiple locations found\n"),
14243 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14244 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14245 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14246 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14247 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14248 individual locations. */
14249 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14254 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14256 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14258 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14260 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14262 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14264 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14267 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14269 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14270 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14272 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14273 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14278 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14279 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14280 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14281 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14285 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14287 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14289 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14293 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14294 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14295 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14297 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14300 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14301 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14302 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14303 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14304 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14305 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14306 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14308 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14310 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14312 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14313 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14315 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14316 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14324 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14325 if (l
->function_name
14326 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14336 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14339 update_global_location_list (1);
14342 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14343 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14345 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14346 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14349 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14350 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14352 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14355 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14357 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14361 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14362 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14363 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14364 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14365 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14366 state, then user already saw the message about that
14367 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14369 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14370 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14371 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14372 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14373 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14374 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14376 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14378 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14379 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14380 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14381 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14382 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14383 which approach is better. */
14384 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14385 throw_exception (e
);
14389 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14393 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14394 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14395 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14397 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14400 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14401 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14404 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14405 b
->thread
= thread
;
14408 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14409 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14412 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14413 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14423 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14424 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14428 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14431 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14432 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14433 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14435 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14438 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14442 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14444 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14447 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14448 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14452 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14455 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14456 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14459 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14460 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14461 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14462 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14464 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14467 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14468 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14472 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14473 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14475 char *extra_string
,
14476 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14477 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14479 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14480 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14481 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14482 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14484 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14486 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14487 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14488 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14491 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14492 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14495 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14496 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14498 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14500 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14501 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14502 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14503 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14506 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14507 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14509 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14511 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14513 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14514 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14515 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14517 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14520 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14523 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14525 static struct cleanup
*
14526 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14528 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14530 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14531 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14532 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14533 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14534 set_language (b
->language
);
14539 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14540 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14541 Unused in this case. */
14544 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14546 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14547 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14548 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14550 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14551 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14552 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14556 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14558 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14560 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14561 enum language save_language
;
14562 int save_input_radix
;
14563 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14565 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14566 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14567 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14571 /* Format possible error msg. */
14572 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14574 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14575 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14576 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14578 set_language (save_language
);
14579 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14581 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14583 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14585 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14586 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14587 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14588 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14591 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14593 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14594 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14596 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14598 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14600 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14601 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14603 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14604 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14605 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14607 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14611 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14612 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14613 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14616 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14618 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14624 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14626 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14628 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14629 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14634 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14638 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14639 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14641 else if (count
== 1)
14642 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14645 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14646 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14649 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14653 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14656 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14659 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14665 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14667 num
= get_number (&p
);
14669 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14671 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14673 set_ignore_count (num
,
14674 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14677 printf_filtered ("\n");
14680 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14681 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14684 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14689 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14691 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14694 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14696 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14698 while (!state
.finished
)
14700 char *p
= state
.string
;
14704 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14707 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14712 if (b
->number
== num
)
14715 function (b
, data
);
14719 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14724 static struct bp_location
*
14725 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14727 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14732 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14737 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14739 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14742 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14747 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14748 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14751 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14753 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14757 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14760 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14766 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14767 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14768 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14771 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14773 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14774 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14775 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14776 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14779 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14780 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14783 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14785 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14786 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14788 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14789 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14791 struct bp_location
*location
;
14793 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14794 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14797 update_global_location_list (0);
14799 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14802 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14805 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14807 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14810 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14811 disable_breakpoint. */
14814 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14816 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14820 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14824 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14827 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14828 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14832 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14836 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14838 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14845 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14847 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14848 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14849 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14850 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14852 update_global_location_list (0);
14855 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14856 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14862 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14865 int target_resources_ok
;
14867 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14870 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14871 target_resources_ok
=
14872 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14874 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14875 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14876 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14877 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14880 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14882 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14883 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14884 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14886 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14888 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14890 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14891 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14892 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14896 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14897 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14903 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14904 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14906 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14908 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14909 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14911 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14912 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14914 struct bp_location
*location
;
14916 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14917 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14920 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14921 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14922 update_global_location_list (1);
14924 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14929 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14931 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14935 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14937 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14940 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14941 enable_breakpoint. */
14944 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14946 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14949 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14950 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14951 in stopping the inferior. */
14954 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14958 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14961 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14962 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14966 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14970 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14972 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14979 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14981 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14982 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14983 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14984 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14986 update_global_location_list (1);
14989 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14990 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14995 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15005 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15007 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15009 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15013 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15015 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15017 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15021 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15023 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15027 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15029 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15031 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15035 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15037 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15039 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15043 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15045 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15047 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15051 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15053 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15057 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15062 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15066 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15067 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15071 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15072 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15073 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15075 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15078 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15079 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15081 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15083 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15085 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15087 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15088 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15089 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15090 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15092 value_free (wp
->val
);
15100 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15101 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15102 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15103 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15107 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15108 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
15110 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15112 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15114 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15115 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
15117 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15119 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15127 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15128 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15131 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15133 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15136 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15142 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15145 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15146 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15151 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
15153 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
15154 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15158 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15159 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15160 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15163 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15164 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15165 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15166 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15167 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15168 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15170 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15171 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15172 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15173 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15176 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15177 were inserted or not. */
15180 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15182 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15183 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15186 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15189 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15191 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15193 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15195 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15196 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15197 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15198 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15200 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15202 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15203 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15204 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15205 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15209 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15210 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15211 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15215 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15219 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15220 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15222 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15223 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15224 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15228 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15232 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15236 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15237 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15238 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15239 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15242 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15246 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15251 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15253 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15255 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15256 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15264 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15265 non-zero otherwise. */
15267 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15269 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15270 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15271 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15278 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15280 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15281 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15283 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15287 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15289 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15292 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15294 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15296 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15300 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15302 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15312 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15313 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15314 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15315 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15317 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15318 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15319 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15325 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15327 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15329 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15331 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15332 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15336 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15338 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15339 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15341 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15342 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15344 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15346 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15348 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15350 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15351 0 /* Ignore count */,
15352 pending_break_support
,
15356 0 /* internal */, 0);
15360 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15362 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15364 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15366 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15367 0 /* Ignore count */,
15368 pending_break_support
,
15369 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15372 0 /* internal */, 0);
15375 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15378 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15380 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15382 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15383 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15384 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15385 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15387 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15389 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15391 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15393 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15394 0 /* Ignore count */,
15395 pending_break_support
,
15399 0 /* internal */, 0);
15402 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15403 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15405 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15406 static int next_cmd
;
15409 read_uploaded_action (void)
15413 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15420 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15421 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15422 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15423 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15424 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15426 struct tracepoint
*
15427 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15429 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15430 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15432 if (utp
->at_string
)
15433 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15436 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15437 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15438 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15440 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15441 "source location, using raw address"),
15443 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15444 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15447 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15448 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15449 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15450 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15453 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15455 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15456 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15458 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15459 0 /* Ignore count */,
15460 pending_break_support
,
15461 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15463 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15465 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15468 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15469 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15470 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15474 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15477 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15480 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15481 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15482 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15484 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15486 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15491 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15493 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15495 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15496 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15497 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15498 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15501 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15502 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15503 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15508 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15512 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15514 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15517 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15519 if (num_printed
== 0)
15521 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15522 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15524 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15527 default_collect_info ();
15530 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15531 Not supported by all targets. */
15533 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15535 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15538 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15539 Not supported by all targets. */
15541 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15543 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15546 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15548 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15550 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15556 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15558 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15559 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15560 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15562 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15563 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15565 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15569 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15571 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15574 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15575 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15579 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15582 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15585 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15587 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15590 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15591 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15594 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15596 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15597 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15598 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15601 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15603 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15604 unsigned int count
;
15606 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15607 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15608 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15610 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15612 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15613 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15615 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15617 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15619 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15621 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15623 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15624 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15627 else if (*args
== '\0')
15629 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15631 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15635 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15637 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15638 while (!state
.finished
)
15640 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15642 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15647 struct tracepoint
*
15648 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15650 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15652 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15653 if (t
->number
== num
)
15654 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15659 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15660 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15663 struct tracepoint
*
15664 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15668 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15670 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15672 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15679 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15680 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15681 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15682 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15684 struct tracepoint
*
15685 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15686 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15688 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15690 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15694 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15695 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15697 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15698 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15700 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15704 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15705 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15708 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15712 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15713 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15715 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15718 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15723 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15725 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15731 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15734 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15735 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15736 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15740 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15741 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15743 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15745 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15746 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15747 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15749 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15750 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15752 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15755 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15756 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15759 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15760 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15765 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15767 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15769 /* We can stop searching. */
15776 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15780 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15781 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15782 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15784 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15785 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15786 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15788 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15789 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15793 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15794 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15797 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15798 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15801 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15803 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15804 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15807 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15810 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15813 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15815 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15819 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15820 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15822 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15824 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15827 throw_exception (ex
);
15829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15832 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15833 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15835 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15836 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15837 special, and not user visible. */
15838 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15840 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15843 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15845 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15849 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15850 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15853 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15854 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15857 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15860 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15862 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15865 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15868 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15870 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15873 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15875 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15876 all_tracepoints (void)
15878 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15879 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15881 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15883 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15890 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15891 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15892 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15894 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15895 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15896 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15897 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15898 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15899 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15900 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15901 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15902 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15903 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15904 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15906 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15907 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15909 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15910 conditions are different.\n\
15912 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15914 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15915 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15917 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15918 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15921 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15922 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15923 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15924 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15925 void *user_data_catch
,
15926 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15928 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15930 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15932 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15933 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15934 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15936 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15938 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15939 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15940 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15944 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15946 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15947 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15949 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15950 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15951 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15955 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15957 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15958 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15959 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15962 struct breakpoint
*
15963 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15966 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15970 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15977 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15978 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15981 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15983 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15984 non-inline function. */
15985 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15991 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15992 have been inlined. */
15995 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15996 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15998 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15999 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16001 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16003 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16006 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16008 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16009 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16017 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16020 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16022 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16024 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16025 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
16026 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16030 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16032 static int initialized
= 0;
16034 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16040 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16041 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16042 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16043 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16044 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16045 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16046 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16047 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16048 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16049 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16050 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16051 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16053 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16054 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16055 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16056 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16057 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16058 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16059 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16060 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16062 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16063 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16064 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16065 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16066 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16067 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16068 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16069 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16070 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16071 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16073 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16074 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16075 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16076 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16077 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16078 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16079 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16081 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16082 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16083 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16084 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16085 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16086 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16087 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16089 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16090 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16091 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16092 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16094 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16095 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16096 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16097 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16098 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16099 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16100 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16103 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16104 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16105 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16106 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16107 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16108 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16109 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16110 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16111 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16112 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16113 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16114 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16115 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16116 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16118 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16119 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16120 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16121 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16122 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16123 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16124 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16125 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16126 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16127 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16128 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16131 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16132 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16133 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16134 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16135 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16136 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16137 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16138 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16139 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16140 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16142 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16143 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16144 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16145 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16146 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16148 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16149 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16150 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16151 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16152 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16153 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16155 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16156 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16157 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16158 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16159 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16160 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16161 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16162 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16163 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16164 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16166 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16167 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16168 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16169 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16170 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16171 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16172 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16173 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16174 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16175 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16177 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16178 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16179 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16180 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16181 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16182 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16183 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16184 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16185 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16186 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16187 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16189 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16190 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16191 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16192 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16193 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16194 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16195 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16196 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16197 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16198 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16199 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16201 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16202 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16203 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16204 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16205 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16206 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16207 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16208 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16209 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16210 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16211 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16212 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16214 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16215 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16216 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16217 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16218 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16219 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16220 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16221 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16224 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16226 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16229 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16231 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16233 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16235 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16236 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16237 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16238 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16240 breakpoint_objfile_key
16241 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16243 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16244 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16245 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16247 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16248 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16249 before a breakpoint is set. */
16250 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16252 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16254 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16255 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16256 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16258 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16260 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16261 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16262 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16263 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16264 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16265 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16266 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16267 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16269 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16270 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16271 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16272 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16273 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16275 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16276 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16277 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16278 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16279 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16281 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16282 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16284 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16285 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16286 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16287 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16289 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16290 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16292 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16293 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16294 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16295 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16297 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16298 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16300 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16301 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16302 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16303 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16304 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16305 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16306 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16308 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16309 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16310 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16311 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16312 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16313 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16315 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16317 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16318 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16319 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16320 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16321 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16322 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16324 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16325 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16326 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16329 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16330 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16331 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16334 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16335 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16336 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16337 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16340 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16341 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16342 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16345 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16346 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16347 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16350 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16351 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16352 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16353 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16356 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16357 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16358 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16359 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16360 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16361 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16362 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16363 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16365 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16366 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16367 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16368 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16369 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16371 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16372 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16373 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16374 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16375 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16376 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16379 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16380 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16381 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16382 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16384 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16385 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16386 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16387 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16388 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16390 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16391 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16392 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16393 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16395 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16396 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16397 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16398 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16399 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16402 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16403 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16404 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16405 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16406 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16407 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16409 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16410 is executing in.\n\
16412 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16413 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16415 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16416 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16417 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16418 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16420 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16421 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16422 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16423 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16426 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16430 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16431 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16432 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16433 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16434 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16435 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16436 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16437 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16438 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16439 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16440 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16441 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16442 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16443 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16444 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16445 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16447 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16448 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16449 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16450 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16451 breakpoint set."));
16454 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16455 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16456 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16457 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16458 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16459 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16460 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16461 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16462 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16464 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16465 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16466 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16467 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16468 breakpoint set."));
16470 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16473 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16474 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16475 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16476 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16477 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16478 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16479 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16480 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16481 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16483 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16484 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16485 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16486 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16487 breakpoint set."));
16489 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16490 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16491 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16492 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16493 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16494 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16495 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16496 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16497 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16498 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16499 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16500 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16501 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16503 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16504 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16505 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16506 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16508 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16510 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16511 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16512 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16513 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16515 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16516 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16517 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16518 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16520 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16521 catch_fork_command_1
,
16523 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16524 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16525 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16526 catch_fork_command_1
,
16528 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16529 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16530 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16531 catch_exec_command_1
,
16535 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16536 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16537 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16538 catch_load_command_1
,
16542 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16543 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16544 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16545 catch_unload_command_1
,
16549 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16550 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16551 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16552 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16553 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16554 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16555 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16556 catch_syscall_completer
,
16560 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16561 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16562 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16563 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16564 an expression changes.\n\
16565 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16566 the memory to which it refers."));
16567 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16569 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16570 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16571 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16572 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16573 an expression is read.\n\
16574 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16575 the memory to which it refers."));
16576 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16578 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16579 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16580 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16581 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16582 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16583 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16584 the memory to which it refers."));
16585 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16587 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16588 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16590 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16591 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16592 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16593 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16594 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16595 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16596 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16597 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16598 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16601 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16602 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16604 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16606 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16608 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16609 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16611 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16612 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16613 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16615 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16616 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16617 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16618 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16620 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16621 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16623 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16624 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16625 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16627 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16628 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16630 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16631 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16632 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16633 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16634 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16635 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16636 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16637 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16638 the selected stack frame.\n\
16639 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16640 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16641 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16642 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16644 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16646 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16647 conditions are different.\n\
16649 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16650 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16651 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16653 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16654 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16655 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16656 last tracepoint set."));
16658 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16660 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16661 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16662 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16663 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16665 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16667 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16668 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16669 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16670 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16672 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16674 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16675 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16676 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16677 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16679 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16681 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16682 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16683 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16684 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16685 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16687 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16688 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16689 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16690 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16692 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16693 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16694 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16695 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16696 session to restore them."),
16698 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16700 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16701 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16702 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16704 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16706 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16707 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16709 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16710 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16711 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16712 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16713 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16714 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16715 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16716 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16717 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16718 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16719 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16720 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16722 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16723 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16724 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16725 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16726 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16727 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16728 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16729 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16731 show_pending_break_support
,
16732 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16733 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16735 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16737 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16738 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16739 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16740 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16741 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16742 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16743 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16745 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16746 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16747 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16749 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16750 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16751 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16752 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16753 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16754 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16755 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16756 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16757 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16758 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16759 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16760 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16762 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16763 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16764 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16766 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16767 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16768 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16769 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16770 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16771 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16772 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16773 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16774 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16775 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16776 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16777 be set to \"gdb\""),
16778 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16779 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16780 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16781 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16783 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16784 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16785 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16786 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16787 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16788 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16789 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16790 or the start of the range\n\
16791 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16792 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16793 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16795 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16796 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16797 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16799 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16800 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16801 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16802 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16803 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16804 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16805 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16807 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16808 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16809 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16810 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16811 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16812 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16813 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16814 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16815 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16816 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16817 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16818 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16820 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16821 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16822 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16823 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16824 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16825 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16826 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16828 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16829 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16830 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16831 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16832 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16833 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16834 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16836 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16837 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16838 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16839 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16840 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16841 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16844 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16846 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16847 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16848 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16850 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16852 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16853 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);